HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.

 

HP Accessibility Conformance Report Revised Section 508 Edition

VPAT® Version 2.2 - July 2018  

Name of Product/Version: HP LaserJet Enterprise M507a series

Product Description: A single-function printer for large-volume, professional-quality printing for a wide range of paper sizes. Accessibility enhancements are available for this product, which include the HP Accessibility menu, the HP Accessibility Kit, and the HP Accessibility Assistant: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel menu includes High Contrast Mode, Invert UI, and Screen Magnifier. Additional Control Panel User Interface Features include Base UI Contrast Ratio, Tab and Focus, Navigation, Toggle Keys, Key Repeat, and Auto Quicksets. - The HP Accessibility Kit includes Braille and tactile adhesive labels (Available in Unified English Braille Only), HP Access Handle, and a BigKeys LX Keyboard. - The HP Accessibility Assistant includes a Screen Reader, Speech Recognition/Voice Command, and Large tactile buttons and controls. - USB Support for 3rd Party Accessible Keyboards include; BigKeys LX Keyboard and Logic Keyboard.

Date: 5/14/2019

Contact Information: For questions about this report, please complete and submit our webform at www.hp.com/accessibility.

Notes: The evaluation is in consideration of primary functionality and primary use cases of the product and does not include an evaluation of the operating system or third-party software unless otherwise noted. The purchased product configuration may vary from the tested product. This product was evaluated for accessibility conformance with available accessibility enhancements at the time of evaluation as noted in Remarks and Explanations. The accessibility enhancements include, but are not limited to: - The HP Accessibility Control Panel Menu - The HP Accessibility Kit accessory - The HP Accessibility Assistant accessory HP accessibility accessories are available for purchase on HP.com. Updating the product to the latest version of FutureSmart4 may be required.

Evaluation Methods Used: HP uses a proprietary test method for product evaluations.

Applicable Standards/Guidelines:

This report covers the degree of conformance to the Revised Section 508 standards as published by the U.S. Access Board in the Federal Register on January 18, 2017, and, Corrections to the ICT Final Rule on January 22, 2018.

Terms: The terms used in the conformance level information are defined as follows: - Supports: The functionality of the product has at least one method that meets the criterion without known defects or meets with equivalent facilitation. - Partially Supports: Some functionality of the product does not meet the criterion. - Does Not Support: The majority of product functionality does not meet the criterion. - Not Applicable: The criterion is not relevant to the product. Note: If there is no context to which a success criterion applies, the success criterion is Supports*, replacing "Not Applicable" as per WCAG 2.0 Understanding Conformance.

Chapter 3: Functional Performance Criteria Notes: This chapter is not applicable. Please refer to the technical requirements in Chapters 4, 5, and 6.

Chapter 4: Hardware Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

402 Closed Functionality Section heading No response required

402.2 Speech-Output Enabled Sub-section heading No response required

402.2.1 Information Displayed On-

Screen

Supports The product provides speech output for all information displayed on the

screen.

Information displayed on the control panel screens are accessible with the

HP Accessibility Assistant. It provides speech output of all controls, forms,

text, error/warning information, popup messages, and Help menus as they

appear on the control panel screen.

402.2.2 Transactional Outputs Not Applicable The product does not provide transactional outputs or one or more of the

exceptions apply.

402.2.3 Speech Delivery Type and

Coordination

Supports The product provides recorded or digitized human or synthesized speech

output that is coordinated with the information on the screen display and is

delivered through a mechanism readily available to all users, including but

not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset.

HP Accessibility Assistant provides speech output of the control panel as it

appears on the screen in the English and other supported languages. It

has an industry standard connector.

402.2.4 User Control Supports The product provides automatic interruption for speech output for any

single function when a transaction is selected along with the capability of

repeating and/or pausing the speech output.

HP Accessibility Assistant's speech output is automatically

interrupted when a new transaction is initiated by the user. The new

transaction would get focus and speech output is then started.

Speech output does not have a pause or repeat feature.

402.2.5 Braille Instructions Supports The product provides braille instructions to initiate speech mode of

operation. Braille is contracted and conforms to 36 CFR part 1191,

Appendix D, Section 703.3.1.

Braille instructions for enabling audio is available in the Accessibility Tool

Kit.

402.3 Volume Sub-section heading No response required

402.3.1 Private Listening Supports The product provides private listening with a mode of operation for

controlling the volume and provides a means for effective magnetic wireless

coupling to hearing technologies when delivering output by an audio

transducer typically held up to ear.

HP Accessibility Assistant has a physical volume control or volume can be

adjusted within the Accessibility application. It provides an industry standard

audio connector that is compatible with magnetic wireless coupling devices.

402.3.2 Non-Private Listening Supports The product provides non-private listening with incremental volume control

up to an output amplification level of at least 65 dB. An automatic reset

function is available to reset to default volume after each use.

HP Accessibility Assistant speaker output amplification settings have a

linear gain and can exceed the recommended minimum level. The volume

will automatically return to the default volume setting after each use.

402.4 Characters On Display

Screens

Supports The product provides: a) At least one mode that displays characters on the

screen in a sans serif font. b) Characters that contrast with the background

with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a

light background. c) Characters at least 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum

based on the uppercase letter “I”, where screen enlargement feature is not

provided.

Characters on the control panel display are san serif type. HP Accessibility

application has the option for screen enlargement from 125%, 150% and

200%. Characters change colors to contrast with the background color.

Accessibility Application provides an option to convert the control panel

color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Invert colors.

402.5 Characters On Variable

Message Signs

Not Applicable The product is not a variable message sign.

403 Biometrics Section heading No response required

403.1 General Not Applicable The product does not use biometric options for user identification or control.

404 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility

Section heading No response required

404.1 General Not Applicable The product does not transmit or convert information.

405 Privacy Section heading No response required

405.1 General Supports The product provides all individual the same degree of privacy of input and

output. When speech output required by 402.2 is enabled, the screen does

not blank automatically.

406 Standard Connections Section heading No response required

406.1 General Supports The product provides one or more types of connections conforming to

industry standard non-proprietary formats, when data connections for input

and output are present.

407 Operable Parts Section heading No response required

407.2 Contrast Supports The product provides keys and controls that contrast visually with

background surfaces and characters and symbols that contrast visually with

background surfaces (either light characters or symbols on a dark

background or dark characters or symbols on a light background).

Control panel keys and controls have contrasting colors against their

backgrounds. The Accessibility application provides an option to convert

the control panel color scheme to High Contrast Colors or Inverted colors.

Compatible keyboards such as BigKeys LX keyboard has white and colored

keys with black lettering.

Logic keyboard has black keys with yellow lettering.

407.3 Input Controls Sub-section heading No response required

407.3.1 Tactilely Discernible Supports The product provides input controls that are operable by touch and are

tactilely discernible without activation.

Braille labels identify all trays, power port, USB port, ADF for document face

up, document alignment on scanner bed, stapler, and enabling audio.

Keyboard braille labels are available for any physical keyboard that is

compatible with the printer.

Braille labels are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.2 Alphabetic Keys Supports The product provides individual alphabetic keys that are arranged in a

QWERTY-based keyboard layout and the "F" and "J" keys are tactilely

distinct from other keys.

Printer is compatible with BigKeys LX keyboard and Logic keyboard. Both

are QWERTY based keyboards. The Logic keyboard has "F" and "J" keys

that are tactilely distinct from other keys plus a numeric pad on the right

side.

Braille labels for keyboards are part of the Accessibility Tool Kit.

407.3.3 Numeric Keys Supports Where product provides numeric keys that are arranged in a 12-key

ascending or descending keypad layout and the number five key that is

tactilely discernible. Where an alphabetic overlay on numeric keys is

provided, the relationships between letters and digits conforms to ITU-T

Recommendation E.161.

Printer is compatible with a Logic keyboard and can be plugged into the

front control panel USB port. Keyboard is full size with a numeric 12 key

descending keypad on the right side. Keyboard has QWERTY layout.

Braille labels are available for the keyboard.

407.4 Key Repeat Supports The product provides a delay before the key repeat feature is activated

that is fixed at, or adjustable to, 2 seconds minimum.

Compatible Logic keyboards have a 2 second key repeat feature.

407.5 Timed Response Partially Supports The product partially provides the user a visual alert, as well as by touch or

sound when a timed response is required and the user has the opportunity

to indicate more time is needed to respond.

Control panel has an inactivity timeout feature. User can adjust the

Inactivity timeout and Sleep mode settings.

The following exceptions apply:

There is no alert to notify the user visually or audibly when the control

panel times out due to inactivity.

407.6 Operation Supports The product provides one or more modes of operation where The product

can be operated with one hand and does not require tight grasping,

pinching, or twisting of the wrist and the maximum force required to activate

operable parts in no more than 5 pounds.

Controls on the printer can be operated with one hand and can be

operated without tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. These

include the HP Accessibility Assistant, control panel, paper trays, paper tray

adjustments, access doors, paper path roller assemblies. All require less

than 5lbs of force.

407.7 Tickets, Fare Cards, and

Keycards

Not Applicable The product does not provide tickets, fare cards, or keycards.

407.8 Reach, Height and Depth Sub-section heading No response required

407.8.1 Vertical Reference Plane Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach or

a forward reach determined with respect to a vertical reference plane. The

vertical reference plane is located in conformance to 407.8.2 or 407.8.3.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.1 Vertical Plane for Side

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a side reach

where the vertical reference plane is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.1.2 Vertical Plane for

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for a forward

reach where the vertical reference plane is 30 inches (760 mm) long

minimum.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2 Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth, and side reach that conform to requirements 407.8.2.1 or

407.8.2.2 and where a side reach requires a reach over a portion of The

product, the height of that portion of The product is not higher than 34

inches.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.1 Unobstructed Side

Reach

Supports The product operable parts that are positioned at a 48 inches maximum

height and 15 inches minimum height above the floor where operable parts

are located 10 inches or less beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.2.2 Obstructed Side Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for obstructed side

reach and located more than 10 inches, but not more than 24 inches

beyond the vertical reference plane.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3 Forward Reach Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned for reach height

and depth that conform to 407.8.3.1 or 407.8.3.2.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.1 Unobstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane of The product is 48 inches (1220 mm) high maximum and 15 inches

(380 mm) high minimum above the floor.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2 Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so the leading

edge of the maximum protrusion within the length of the vertical reference

plane, the operable part conforms to 407.8.3.2, where the maximum

allowable forward reach to an operable part is 25 inches (635 mm).

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.1 Operable Part Height

for ICT with Obstructed Forward

Reach

Supports The product provides operable parts that are positioned so that the

operable part height for The product with obstructed forward reach

conforms to table 407.8.3.2.1.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

407.8.3.2.2 Knee and Toe Space

under ICT with Obstructed

Forward Reach

Supports The product provides knee and toe space under The product that is 27

inches (685 mm) high minimum, 25 inches (635 mm) deep maximum, and

30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and is clear of obstructions.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408 Display Screens Section heading No response required

408.2 Visibility Supports The product provides one or more display screens that are visible from a

point located 40 inches above the floor space where the display screen is

viewed.

Printer is portable and operable controls are dependent on where the user

places the device.

408.3 Flashing Supports The product provides no more than three flashes in any one-second period

when The product emits lights in flashes.

409 Status Indicators Section heading No response required

409.1 General Not Applicable The product does not provide status indicators.

410 Color Coding Section heading No response required

410.1 General Supports The product color coding is not the only means of conveying information,

indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual

element.

Text labels, auditory output, and various focus methods are used in

conjunction with color to inform the user.

411 Audible Signals Section heading No response required

411.1 General Supports The product audible signals are not the only means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Control buttons, menu bars, and icons will have color changes to indicate a

selection and activation of the element. Error conditions such as paper

jams, paper out, or supply errors will be indicated in the message center

with instructional text and images. Symbols for errors and warnings are also

present to indicate the type of alert.

412 ICT with Two-Way Voice

Communication

Section heading No response required

412.2 Volume Gain Sub-section heading No response required

412.2.1 Volume Gain for Wireline

Telephones

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.2.2 Volume Gain for Non-

Wireline ICT

Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication.

412.3 Interference Reduction

and Magnetic Coupling

Sub-section heading No response required

412.3.1 Wireless Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.3.2 Wireline Handsets Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or delivered

output held up to your ear.

412.4 Digital Encoding of Speech Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or IP based

networks.

412.5 Real-Time Text Functionality Not Applicable Future Requirement, pending FCC rule making.

412.6 Caller ID Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way voice communication or does not

provide caller identification.

412.7 Video Communication Not Applicable The product does not provide two-way communication or real-time video

functionality.

412.8 Legacy TTY Support Sub-section heading No response required

412.8.1 TTY Connectability Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.2 Voice and Hearing Carry

Over

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.3 Signal Compatibility Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

412.8.4 Voice Mail and Other

Messaging Systems

Not Applicable The product does not include functionality for using a TTY.

413 Closed Caption Processing

Technologies

Section heading No response required

413.1.1 Decoding and Display of

Closed Captions

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

413.1.2 Pass-Through of Closed

Caption Data

Not Applicable The product does not provide closed captioning.

414 Audio Description

Processing Technologies

Section heading No response required

414.1.1 Digital Television Tuners Not Applicable The product does not provide digital television tuners.

414.1.2 Other ICT Not Applicable The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

415 User Controls for Captions

and Audio Descriptions

Section heading No response required

415.1.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

415.1..2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide video or synchronized audio content.

Chapter 5: Software Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides all non-text content presented to the user that is

required to have a text alternative serving the same purpose has such text

alternatives.

Images in Embedded Web Server used to convey information contain an

ALT attribute with text that describes the purpose of the image.

Hyperlinks do not exceed more than 100 characters and links have short

descriptions.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides information, structure, and relationships

through presentation that can be programmatically determined or are

available in text.

Most menus have the proper information, structure and relationships.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain menus that have multiple headers or non sequential

headers.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a correct reading sequence that can be

programmatically determined.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server have a meaningful reading sequence.

Certain data tables read top to bottom then left to right and can be difficult

to follow for non visual users.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Web Software) Supports The product does not rely on color alone as a visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting for a response, or

distinguishing a visual element.

Embedded Web Server controls and forms have textual labels in addition to

color indication.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Web Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Web Software) Supports The product allows for all functionality of content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all Embedded Web Server menus and controls.

Elements can be fully controlled and invoked using a keyboard. Visual

indicators have multiple modes to show focus.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides keyboard interface allowing user to move focus

to/from components and if another methods are used for moving focus the

user is advised of the method.

Keyboard focus in the Embedded Web Server navigates through controls

without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the Embedded Web Server do not have a timeout feature and

allows user to stay on menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Web Software)

Supports The product provides no flashing content or flashing content that flashes

three times or less within a one second period, or is below the "general

flash and red flash thresholds" (see

https://www.w3.org/TR/UNDERSTANDING-WCAG20/seizure-does-not-

violate.html).

There are no blinking or flashing elements in the Embedded Web Server

menus.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides a mechanism to bypass blocks of content

which are repeated on multiple web pages.

Header tags are used to define each page. Pages have proper headers

and sequential headers identifying menu topics. Assistive technology can

access and navigate directly to these headers.

The following exceptions apply:

Embedded Web Server menus do not have skip links to bypass blocks of

content.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Web Software) Supports The product provides titles describing the topic or purpose.

The Embedded Web Server menus have title elements for each page and

headers for sections and groups of related elements. These describe the

topic and its purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Web Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order

preserving meaning and operability during navigation.

Keyboard tabbing order in Embedded Web Server menus follows a logical

pattern. All interactive elements receive focus and are in proper sequential

order.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Web Software) Supports The product provides the ability to determinate the link purpose from the

link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links in Embedded Web Server menus have descriptive text to indicate its

purpose. Text for links are meaningful out of page there are no links with

generic terms such as click here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine default

human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Web Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on controls and focus does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Web Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing, adding or manipulating settings to elements do not invoke a

page update. User needs to press the Apply button before changes will be

made. Embedded Web Server page refreshes to show new applied settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides automatic input error detection, identifying the error

and describing it in text to user.

Embedded Web Server menu input errors will prompt a text error

notification to the user. Message describes the error and proper format

required. Other data that is previously entered is still present in the input

fields.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Embedded Web Server controls are labeled and text describes the purpose

of the control.

4.1.1 Parsing (Web Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

HP applications adhere to the HTML, CSS, and XML standards.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Web

Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Web

Software)

Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Web

Software)

Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The Embedded Web Server text and controls meet the contrast ratio of

4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas where the contrast ratio is below the recommended

levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Web Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality, with the exception

of captions and images of text.

Embedded Web Server menus in windows browser or windows Magnifier

can be enlarged and text remains clear and readable. Text, label, and

controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides text to convey information instead of images of text

for visual presentation through technology.

Images in the Embedded Web Server have associated text that conveys it

purpose. Certain controls and data input fields have additional text

descriptions to describes its purpose. Screen readers can access and read

all text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides more than one way to locate a web page within a set of web pages except where the web page is the result of, or a step in, a process.

Search function can aid the user to find specific web pages or functions

within the Embedded Web Server. Links such as Help and HP Instant

Support will direct the user to the same website. There are multiple paths in

the Embedded Web Server that will direct the user to same page.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels descriptive of the topic or

purpose.

Embedded Web Server pages have proper headers and descriptions that

identify sections of the page. They are in hierarchical order and elements

have proper attributes.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Web Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard navigation is indicated in various ways to show focus.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides navigational mechanisms that are repeated on

multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

Embedded Web Server navigation links remain in the same order.

The left menu elements change because of different controls for each page

but the format and navigation order remains the same.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Web Software)

Supports The product provides consistent identification of components that have

the same functionality within a set of Web pages.

Embedded Web Server navigation links have consistent identification

through all its menus.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Web

Software)

Supports The product provides user suggestions for known corrections for

automatically detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose

of content.

Text description is given for the error and proper data is displayed in error

notice to inform user of correct range. The data field with the incorrect

value is outlined in RED and data previously entered is displayed.

3.3.4 Error Prevention - Legal,

Financial, Data (Web Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level A (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Software) Supports The product provides text alternatives for all non-text content presented to

the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the same

purpose has such text alternatives.

Decorative images in the Printing Preferences menus do not convey

meaning. Links have text descriptions and images are not necessary to

understand the purpose. There are no duplicate hyperlinks pointing to the

same page that are placed side-by-side.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide prerecorded audio content in synchronized

media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide time-based media or prerecorded video

content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships

(Software)

Supports The product provides information, structure, and relationships that are

conveyed through presentation and can be programmatically determined or

are available in text.

Application menus have one main heading, page tabs and drop down

menus. These have short descriptive text.

Related elements are grouped together and have descriptive headers and

text to identify the relationship.

Screen readers can access and read all titles and text controls within the

page.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Software)

Supports The product provides reading sequence that can be programmatically

determined when the sequence in which content is presented affects its

meaning.

Application menus follow a logical and consistent tabbing order. Some

menus are organized into groups with related features. Tabbing sequence

follows a logical order within the grouping.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Software)

Supports* The product does not provide sensory characteristics that do not rely upon

shape, size, sound or visual location.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Software) Supports The product does not use color as the only visual means of conveying

information, indicating an action, prompting a response or distinguishing a

visual element.

Application controls have text labels in addition to color. Focus is indicated

in various ways for user visibility.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Software) Supports* The product does not provide audio that plays automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Software) Supports The product provides functionality for content to be operated through a

keyboard without specific timing of individual keystrokes.

Keyboard can access all application menus and controls. Elements can be

invoked using a keyboard and has various focus indicators.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap (Software) Supports The product provides a keyboard interface to move focus to or from

components; and, if other methods are used for moving focus, the user is

advised of the method.

Keyboard focus navigates to and from controls without getting trapped.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Software) Supports The product provides adjustable timing limits set by content.

Menus in the applications do not have a timeout feature. User can stay on

menu pages indefinitely.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Software) Supports* The product does not provide moving, blinking, scrolling or auto-updating

information.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide anything that flashes.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Software) Supports The product provides titles describing a topic or purpose.

Application menus have title elements for each page, feature tabs, and

groups of related elements. Short descriptive text describe the topic and its

purpose.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Software) Supports The product provides focus order to focusable components in an order that

preserves meaning and operability during navigation.

Application menus have a logical tabbing order. Some related features are

grouped together and have a logical tabbing order. Tab and arrow keys at

used to navigate. All interactive elements receive keyboard focus and is

indicated in various ways.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Software) Supports The product provides determination of link purpose from the link text alone

or from link text plus its programmatically determined link.

Links have descriptive text to indicate its purpose and are meaningful out of

page. There may be other descriptive notes along with some links to further

describe its purpose. There are no links with generic terms such as click

here or more.

3.1.1 Language of Page (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.1 On Focus (Software) Supports The product does not initiate a change of context when a component

receives focus.

Keyboard navigation produces focus on all controls and it does not initiate

an action of these elements.

3.2.2 On Input (Software) Supports The product does not automatically cause a change of context unless the

user has been advised of the behavior before using the component.

Changing controls will not automatically update the element. User activation

is required to apply new settings.

3.3.1 Error Identification (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides automatic input error detection, identifying

the error and describing it in text to user.

The following exceptions apply:

In certain cases leaving an input field blank results in the auto fill of the

lowest value that is valid for the field. No error message is opened.

Previous value is not re-displayed.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Software)

Supports The product provides labels or instructions when content requires user

input.

Application controls are labeled and text describes the purpose of the

controls.

4.1.1 Parsing (Software) Supports The product provides implemented content using markup languages that

have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements. b) Elements that are

nested according to their specifications. c) No duplicate attributes for

elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the specifications allow

otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value (Software) Supports The product provides user interface components that have the following: a)

The ability to programmatically determine the name and role. b) The ability

to programmatically set the user set states, properties, and values. c) The

ability to notify user agents of any changes.

501.1 Scope - Incorporation of

WCAG 2.0 Level AA (Software)

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Software) Supports* The product does not provide live audio content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide video with synchronized audio content.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum (Software) Partially Supports The product partially provides visual presentation of text and images of text

has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the following: a) Large text

or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale text having a contrast

of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or images of text that are

not part of an active user interface component, are purely decorative, are

not visible by anyone, and are not intended to convey meaning. c)

Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

Application text and controls meet the contrast ratio of 4.5:1.

The following exceptions apply:

There are certain areas in the menus where the contrast ratio is below the

recommended levels.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Software) Supports The product provides text that can be resized without assistive technology

up to 200 percent without loss of content or functionality with exception of

captions and/or images of text.

Applications enlarged using windows Magnifier. Text remains clear and

readable. Text, label, and controls are still functional without overlap.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Software) Supports* The product does provide custom visualization of image of text, text

presentation is essential to information presented, or the technology cannot

achieve the visual presentation.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Software)

Supports The product provides headings and labels that are descriptive of the topic

or purpose.

Application pages have unique headings that describe the purpose of the

page or tab. Controls and list boxes have labels that describe the purpose

of the contents. Related controls are grouped and the description identifies

its intended function and purpose of the groups.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Software) Supports The product provides a mode of operation with visible keyboard focus

indicator.

Keyboard focus is indicated in various methods for user visibility.

3.1.2 Language of Parts (Software) Supports The product provides the ability to programmatically determine human

language detection for each passage or phrase in the content, with the

exception of proper names, technical terms, words of indeterminate

language, and words or phrases that have become part of the vernacular

of the immediately surrounding text.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Software) Supports The product provides suggestions for known corrections for automatically

detected input errors without jeopardizing security or purpose of content.

Data input errors are identified to the user and message notifies user of

acceptable value types.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Software)

Supports* The product does not provide any legal, financial or user test data.

502 Interoperability with

Assistive Technology

Section heading No response required

502.2.1 User Control of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.2.2 No Disruption of

Accessibility Features

Not Applicable The product does not provide platform software or has no platform features.

502.3 Accessibility Services Sub-section heading No response required

502.3.1 Object Information Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically determined object roles,

states, properties, boundaries, names, and descriptions.

502.3.2 Modification of Object

Information

Not Applicable The product does not contain programmatically set states and properties,

including through assistive technology.

502.3.3 Row, Column, and Headers Not Applicable The product does not provide data tables.

502.3.4 Values Not Applicable The product does not allow values to be set by the user.

502.3.5 Modification of Values Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.6 Label Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide User input.

502.3.7 Hierarchical Relationships Not Applicable The product does not provide any parent-child relationships.

502.3.8 Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.9 Modification of Text Not Applicable The product does not provide text inputs.

502.3.10 List of Actions Not Applicable The product does not provide a list of actions.

502.3.11 Actions on Objects Not Applicable The product does not provide actions on objects.

502.3.12 Focus Cursor Not Applicable The product does not contain elements with exposure of information and

mechanisms necessary to track focus, text insertion point and selection

attributes of user interface components.

502.3.13 Modification of Focus

Cursor

Not Applicable The product does not contain focus, text insertion point, and selection

attributes to be set by the user either programmatically or through assistive

technology.

502.3.14 Event Notification Not Applicable The product does not contain any notification of events relevant to user

interactions including changes in the component state value, name,

description, or boundary through assistive technology.

502.4 Platform Accessibility

Features

Not Applicable The product is not platform software.

503 Applications Section heading No response required

503.2 User Preferences Not Applicable The product does not contain the ability to customize any user preferences

from platform settings for color, contrast, font type, font size, and focus

cursor; or the product is not platform software.

503.3 Alternative User Interfaces Not Applicable The product does not provide an alternative user interface that functions as

assistive technology.

503.4 User Control for Captions

and Audio Description

Sub-section heading No response required

503.4.1 Caption Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for volume adjustment.

503.4.2 Audio Description Controls Not Applicable The product does not provide user controls for program selection.

504 Authoring Tools Section heading No response required

504.2 Content Creation or Editing Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.1 Preservation of

Information Provided for

Accessibility in Format Conversion

Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.2.2 PDF Export Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.3 Prompts Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

504.4 Templates Not Applicable The product does not contain or is not an authoring tool.

Chapter 6: Support Documentation and Services Notes:

Criteria Conformance Level* Remarks and Explanations

602 Support Documentation Section heading No response required

602.2 Accessibility and

Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides user documentation defining how to use accessibility

and compatibility features in an accessible format.

PDF must be downloaded for screen reader support.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level A

Sub-section heading No response required

1.1.1 Non-Text Content (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides all non-text content

presented to the user that is required to have a text alternative serving the

same purpose has such text alternatives.

The following exceptions apply:

Images are labeled with alt text, some tables may not include an alt

description.

1.2.1 Audio-Only and Video-Only,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

or video content.

1.2.2 Captions, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide prerecorded audio

content in synchronized media.

1.2.3 Audio Description or Media

Alternative, Prerecorded

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time-based media

or prerecorded video content in synchronized media.

1.3.1 Info and Relationships Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides Information,

structure, and relationships conveyed through presentation that can be

programmatically determined or are available in text.

The following exceptions apply:

All elements are appropriately nested. There may be missing heading

labels.

1.3.2 Meaningful Sequence

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a correct reading sequence

determined programmatically when the sequence of presented content

affects its meaning.

1.3.3 Sensory Characteristics

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides instructions for

understanding and operating content, which does not rely solely on

sensory characteristics of components such as shape, size, visual location,

orientation, or sound.

1.4.1 Use Of Color (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not use color as the only visual

means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response

or distinguishing a visual element.

1.4.2 Audio Control (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide audio that plays

automatically.

2.1.1 Keyboard (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides functionality for

content to be operated through a keyboard without specific timing of

individual keystrokes.

The following exceptions apply:

There may be areas in the PDF, including shortcuts, that are not

consistently navigable using the keyboard only. Using Adobe's PDF

Table of Contents, all pages are accessible only using the keyboard.

2.1.2 No Keyboard Trap

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a keyboard interface that

allows focus from a component for all components that can obtain focus

from the keyboard. If this requires more than the use of the unmodified

arrow key, tab key, or other standard exit method, the user is advised of the

method for moving focus away.

2.2.1 Timing Adjustable (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide time limits.

2.2.2 Pause, Stop, Hide (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides appropriate mechanisms to

pause or stop or hide moving, blinking, scrolling, or auto-updating content.

2.3.1 Three Flashes or Below

Threshold (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide anything that

flashes.

2.4.1 Bypass Blocks (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that is

repeated on multiple web pages.

2.4.2 Page Titled (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide content that

contains titles.

2.4.3 Focus Order (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides focus order to focusable

components in an order preserving meaning and operability during

navigation.

2.4.4 Link Purpose (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides determination of link

purpose from the link text alone or from link text plus its programmatically

determined link.

3.1.1 Language of Page

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine the default human language for each page.

3.2.1 On Focus (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not initiate a change of context

when a component receives focus.

3.2.2 On Input (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation does not automatically cause a

change of context unless the user has been advised of the behavior before

using the component.

3.3.1 Error Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

3.3.2 Labels or Instructions

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any elements that

require inputs.

4.1.1 Parsing (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides implemented content using

markup languages that have: a) Complete start and end tags for elements.

b) Elements that are nested according to their specifications. c) No

duplicate attributes for elements. d) IDs that are unique except where the

specifications allow otherwise.

4.1.2 Name, Role, Value

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides user interface components

that have the following: a) The ability to programmatically determine the

name and role. b) The ability to programmatically set the user set states,

properties, and values. c) The ability to notify user agents of any changes.

602.3 Electronic Support

Documentation - Incorporation

of WCAG 2.0 Level AA

Sub-section heading No response required

1.2.4 Captions, Live (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide live content.

1.2.5 Audio Description,

Prerecorded (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide pre-recorded video.

1.4.3 Contrast, Minimum

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Partially Supports The product electronic documentation partially provides visual presentation

of text and images of text has a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 except for the

following: a) Large text or images: Large-scale text or images of large-scale

text having a contrast of at least 3:1. b) Incidental text or images: Text or

images of text that are not part of an active user interface component, are

purely decorative, are not visible by anyone, and are not intended to

convey meaning. c) Logotypes: Text that is part of a logo or brand name.

The following exceptions apply:

Some small text may not meet contrast requirements.

1.4.4 Resize Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text that can be resized

without assistive technology up to 200 percent without loss of content or

functionality with exception of captions and/or images of text.

1.4.5 Images of Text (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides text to convey information

instead of images of text.

2.4.5 Multiple Ways (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide multiple pages.

2.4.6 Headings and Labels

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not contain headings and

labels that are descriptive of the topic or purpose.

2.4.7 Focus Visible (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides a mode of operation with

visible keyboard focus indicator.

3.1.2 Language of Parts

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides the ability to

programmatically determine human language detection for each passage

or phrase in the content, with the exception of proper names, technical

terms, words of indeterminate language, and words or phrases that have

become part of the vernacular of the immediately surrounding text.

3.2.3 Consistent Navigation

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports The product electronic documentation provides navigational mechanisms

that are repeated on multiple web pages within a set of web pages which are in the same relative order each time they are repeated, unless a change is initiated by the user.

3.2.4 Consistent Identification

(Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation provides no components that

provide the same functionality across different web pages.

3.3.3 Error Suggestion (Electronic

Support Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide user input.

3.3.4 Error Prevention-Legal,

Financial, Data (Electronic Support

Documentation)

Supports* The product electronic documentation does not provide any legal, financial

or user test data.

602.4 Alternate Formats for Non-

Electronic Support Documentation

Supports The product electronic documentation provides alternate formats of support

documentation on request for individuals with disabilities when only non-

electronic formats are provided.

603 Support Services Section heading No response required

603.2 Information on Accessibility

and Compatibility Features

Supports The product provides support services including information on accessibility

and compatibility features required by 602.2.

603.3 Accommodation of

Communication Needs

Supports The product provides support services directly to the user or through a

referral to a point of contact including accommodating the communication

needs of individuals with disabilities.

*Conformance Level applies to the HP LaserJet Enterprise M507 Series product family as a whole.  See the Notes section and the Remarks and Explanations column for exceptions or other information regarding definition, equivalent facilitation, scope of support, etc. Unless otherwise indicated, operating system information is included if

applicable. For information on third party software and applications please contact the software manufacturer.

 

THE INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. HP further does not warrant the accuracy and

completeness of the information or materials on this document. The information shall not be construed as product specifications for purposes of any warranty of compliance

with product specifications in a given contract or order. HP may make changes to the information on this document or to the products described in them, at any time without

notice. The information and materials on this document may be out of date, and HP makes no commitment to update the information and materials.